2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文电子版

合集下载

外研版七年级下英语课文.doc

外研版七年级下英语课文.doc

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot ofthings in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you. Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming?Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers. Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board.I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play thepiano. What about you, Betty?Betty:I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club.Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all.What about Lingling? Which club can she join? Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you? Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really goodat football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming? Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help withthe housework. What are you going to do, Betty? Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon,Lingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here? Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park atone o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend? Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone. Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’shouse. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming? Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. Theycan ask their teachers by Internet, telephone or email. Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. Andteachers can check the students’ level and will helpthem. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more! Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do? Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time! Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker:What can I do for you?Lingling:I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker:What colour does she like?Lingling;Purple.Shop worker:All right .What size does she take ?Lingling:Small.Shop worker:What about this one ?Lingling:May I try it on?Shop worker:Certainly.Lingling:Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much. Shop worker:But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling:OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling:I've got some food to buy too.Market worker :C an I help you ?Lingling:Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ? Market worker :T hirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling:Half a kilo.Market worker:OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker :T hat'll be 30 yuan.Betty:Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ? Market worker :T en yuan a kilo.Betty:One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s nearhere, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is abig bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie, onthe right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium.How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to theOlympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi. Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat.You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling:I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province. Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England. Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your firstfriends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were myfriends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone? Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Then shenoticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, andknocked on the door., Nobody answered, so sheknocked again, and again, Finally, she pushed the door.It was open. There was nobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a table there werethree bowls with some nice food in them. One bowl wassmall, one was big and one was very big. Goldilockswas very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl butshe didn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked upthe big bowl, but she didn’t like it –it was cold. The littlebowl was just right. She finished all the food in it. Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again. Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class. Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He leftschool and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities. Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He wentto Europe as well. But he didn’t come to China. Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few longpoems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling:Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years agoand enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly? Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home. Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited! Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty? Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. Howdo I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss threetimes, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, andsometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Onlyparents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands togetherand nod their heads. And do your know what Maoripeople in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand tooclose to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this byStrauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty:It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. Whata beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube. TheDanube is a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty? Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss theelder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot ofthings in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you. Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming?Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers. Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board.I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play thepiano. What about you, Betty?Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club.Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all.What about Lingling? Which club can she join? Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club.I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in theplayground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming? Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to helpwith the housework. What are you going to do, Betty? Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon,Lingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join us?Daming: Ye s, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend? Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swim ming. Andon 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming? Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. Theycan ask their teachers by Internet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use com puters, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there.And teachers can check the students’ level and willhelp them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any mo re! Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do? Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time! Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and col d wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ? Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much. Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : C an I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ? Market worker : T hirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : T hat'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : T en yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shoppingusually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’snear here, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is abig bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie,on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium.How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to theOlympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi. Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metresabove the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now bac k at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province. Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures ofmy favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 202X. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone? Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Then shenoticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, andknocked on the door., Nobody answered, so sheknocked again, and again, Finally, she pushed the door.It was open. There was nobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a table therewere three bowls with some nice food in them. Onebowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the verybig bowl but she didn’t like it—it was very hot,. Thenshe picked up the big bowl, but she didn’t like it –itwas cold. The little bowl was just right. She finishedall the food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,〞There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!〞He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl inhis bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!〞Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12. Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class. Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He leftschool and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities. Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the nameMark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. Hewent to Europe as well. But he didn’t come to China. Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich andsuccessful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly? Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home. Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited! Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty? Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping.I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors.How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, andsometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Onlyparents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their handstogether and nod their heads. And do your know whatMaori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s ver y rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this byStrauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Stra uss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria.What a beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube.The Danube is a river in Europe. It goes throughVienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty? Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different,isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文电子版

2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文电子版

2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too? Ms Li: Arethese crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these? Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming? Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see...Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot ofanimals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling?Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well. Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often he lp my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with the housework. What are yougoing to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the af ternoon. You can come too. Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My fr iends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hopethey win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the cou ntry or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang Sijia CUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools! Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, studen ts will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more lig ht rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’l l be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future because machines and robots will do all t he heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price. Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at th e third street on the left. It’s near here, so you can walk there. Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here?Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie, on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re wel come. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boatnear Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tow er of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago.There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.“Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurriedtowards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There wasnobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look intoa small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but shedidn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished allthe food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the ageof 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But hedidn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still se e his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there tw o years ago and enjoyed it a lot. Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood. Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat! Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the RiverSeine. I’ll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chine se often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we neverkiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries. Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their fr iends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’tmove away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people whe n they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you? Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice. Tony: Hmm, the so und is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is thisMs Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! Thereare a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there tooMs Li: Are these crayons yoursLingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you. Ms Li: Whose tapes are theseDaming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: Yo u’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, DamingDaming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yoursThe Lost and Found Office in New York City Welcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They lea ve things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they Are they yours We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages They’re here too!Module 2 What can you doUnit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Clubbecause I can play the piano. What about you,BettyBetty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, DamingDaming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling Which club canshe joinBetty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , howabout youTony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t spea k Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club. Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.I t’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. Bu t I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekendBetty: What are you going to do at the weekend, DamingDaming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going tohelp with the housework. What are you going todo, BettyBetty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sundayafternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join usDaming: Yes, I’d love to. Ar e we going to meet here Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone. Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us.It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to doAI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, DamingDaming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn thenDaming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on theInternet. They can ask their teachers byInternet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you canmake friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computerswon’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasersany more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to doTony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future How will things change Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for youLingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum. Shop worker: What colour does she likeLingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this oneLingling: May I try it onShop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help youLingling: 'd like some much are theyMarket worker : Thirty-eight yuan a much would you likeLingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are theyMarket worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan. Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing DajieBetty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the thirdstreet on the left. It’s near here, so you canwalk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here Lingling:Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, justalong Xi Chang’an Jie, on the right, oppositethe bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get thereLingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over thereTourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the NationalStadiumPoliceman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll se e an underground station. Take the Underground tothe Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a busor a taxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, TonyTony: I was born in Cam bridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacherTony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strictbut very nice. Who was your first teacher Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends What were they likeTony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quitedifficult.Lingling: And what were you like Were you difficult in class tooTony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls therewere pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go b ack, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest aloneTony: No, she d idn’t. And soon she was lost.Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I sheasked. Then she noticed a little house, so shehurried towards it, and knocked on the door.,Nobody answered, so she knocked again, andagain, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open.There was nobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a tablethere were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and onewas very big. Goldilocks was very hungry. Shepicked up the very big bowl but she didn’t likeit—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the bigbowl, but she didn’t like it –it was cold. Thelittle bowl was just right. She finished all thefood in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep init.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without h er basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12. Betty: What are you readingTony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my E nglishclass.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 inMissouri. He left school and began work at theage of 12.Betty: What did he doTony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in MissouriTony: No, he went to New York, and other cities. Betty: When did he begin his storiesTony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the1860s. He went to Europe as well. But he didn’tcome to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England.Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you doLingling: Where are you going on holiday, TonyTony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there Did you fly Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours.Then our friends met us and drove us to theirhome.Lingling: Who was with youBetty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you doBetty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I wasso excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay thereBetty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie startsBetty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, BettyBetty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love ,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming thevisitors. How do I do thatBetty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left. Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meetvisitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . Butwe never kiss. Only parents and children dothat.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meetBetty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kissor hug each other. In India people put theirhands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do whenthey meetLingling: No, What do they doBetty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close t o North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like o ther people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but inother countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western mus ic, isn’t it Can you hear the violin and the piano It’s so beautiful!Is this by Strauss or MozartLingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, TonyTony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city! This is calledThe Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe.It goes through Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music,BettyBetty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lin gling ,don’t youLingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this! Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music Listen to those drums. Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Euro pe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and playedmusic for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研新版七年级下英语课文(总29页)--本页仅作为文档封面,使用时请直接删除即可----内页可以根据需求调整合适字体及大小--外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box!There are a lot of things in it. Whose bagis this?Lingling: Oh s orry! It’s mine. Are my crayonsthere tooMs Li: Are these crayons yoursLingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are theseDaming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, DamingDaming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are theyMs Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you! Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York City Welcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling o r when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. Theyare looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. Thereare about a hundred bikes and a large boat. Thereare also a lot of animals. This week, there arethree dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they Are they yours We don’t know! Are you looking forfifteen kilos of sausages They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Clubbecause I can play the piano. What about you,BettyBetty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, DamingDaming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling Which clubcan she joinBetty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony ,how about youTony: I’d like t o join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club. Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my fav ourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even helpteachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team.I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the bestscore too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody wouldlike a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, DamingDaming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’mgoing to help with the housework. What areyou going to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but onSunday afternoon, Lingling and I are goingto have a picnic. Would you like to join us Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet hereBetty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekendTony: Nothing. I’m going to st ay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorr ow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and makesome new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. Ihope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going toget up late and then read a book. In the afternoonI’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter inthe park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, butthis year is going to be very different becauseI’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, DamingDaming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on theInternet. They can ask their teachers byInternet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Y es, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and youcan make friends there. And teachers cancheck the students’ level and will helpthem. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, orerasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to doTony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lotof free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future How will things change Here are some ideas. Which ones will come trueA In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, andcool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no mo re light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this oneLingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too. Market worker : Can I help youLingling: 'd like some much are they Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons. Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries lookfresh .How much are theyMarket worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's veryeasy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets,a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First,you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. Butto shop on the Internet you only need a computerand a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with don't like shopping on the Internet because theycan't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,becauseyou'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in theworld at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front ofTian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing DajieBetty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the thirdstreet on the left. It’s near here, so youcan walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy aguidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshopnear here Lingling: Yes, there is a bigbookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’anJie, on the right, opposite the bank. Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over thereTourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome. Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National StadiumPoliceman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take theUnderground to the Olympic Sports Centre, oryou can take a bus or a taxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament andBig Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. Youcan see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As yougo along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 year s old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the squar e. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school Tony: It was Darwin Primary School. Lingling: Who was your first teacherTony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She wasstrict but very nice. Who was your firstteacherLingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends What were they like Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He wasquite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like Were youdifficult in class tooTony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots ofthings to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too.I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there. Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You canvisit their old family houses. Our house was bigand comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost.Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am Ishe asked. Then she noticed a little house,so she hurried towards it, and knocked onthe door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed thedoor. It was open. There was nobody there. Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocksentered the house and look into a small room.On a table there were three bowls with somenice food in them. One bowl was small, onewas big and one was very big. Goldilocks wasvery hungry. She picked up the very big bowlbut she didn’t like it—it was very hot,.Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it–it was cold. The littlebowl was just right. She finished all thefood in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She di dn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He was n’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed andhurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for myEnglish class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 inMissouri. He left school and began work atthe age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famousin the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. Buthe didn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book. Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writerof plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read orwrite. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in ma ny the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there Did you flyBetty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours.Then our friends met us and drove us totheir home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess whatI met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited! Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, wehad to wait in line for an hour, and then we wentto the top. We waited till all the lights were on.It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palaceand take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’llwrite again.Love,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’mwelcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, peopleusually kiss three times, left, right, left. Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. WeChinese often shake hands and smile when wemeet visitors, and sometimes we nod ourheads . But we never kiss. Only parents andchildren do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people puttheir hands together and nod their heads.And do your know what Maori people in NewZealand do when they meet?Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but i n other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it Can you hear the violin and the piano It’s sobeautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by St rauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city! This iscalled The Blue Danube. The Danube is ariver in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t itI’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music Listen to those drums. Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of Europeanclassical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and diedin 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

新外研版七年级下英语全册课文电子版

新外研版七年级下英语全册课文电子版

202X新外研版七年级下英语全册课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this? Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming? Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s.Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they?Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost andFound Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling?Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well. Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning mon itor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with the housework. What are yougoing to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too. Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going t o stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match to morrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a wa lk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe t here won’t be any schools! Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas.Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll b e no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future because machines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays. Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price. Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker: Can I help you?Lingling: Yes. I'd like some sausages. How much are they?Market worker: Thirty-eight yuan a kilo. How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker: That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh, the strawberries look fresh .How much are they?Market worker: Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please. Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post.Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends. They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more, because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet, and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s near here, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there,just along Xi Chang’an Jie, on the r ight, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’r e welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lot s of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is th e Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square.And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 202X. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.“Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurriedtowards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There wasnobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look intoa small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but shedidn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished allthe food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep init.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,〞There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!〞He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!〞Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the ageof 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But hedidn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there t wo years ago and enjoyed it a lot. Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood. Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It was great! Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk.Hi, Grandma! Here I’m in Paris. Jenn y and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chine se often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we neverkiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries. Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their fr iends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people whe n they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and thepiano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling, don’t you? Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice. Tony: Hmm, the sou nd is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds ofwonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文

创作编号:BG7531400019813488897SX创作者:别如克*外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! Thereare a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this? Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too? Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine.Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming?Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’shers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they?Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York City Welcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot ofanimals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because Ican play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all.What about Lingling? Which club can she join? Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , howabout you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club. Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at sc hool .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend? Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going tohelp with the housework. What are you going todo, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sundayafternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here? Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward t o the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!创作编号:BG7531400019813488897SX创作者:别如克*-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the aftern oon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or goswimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and s peak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet.They can ask their teachers by Internet, telephoneor email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you canmake friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computerswon’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers anymore!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time! Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, withheavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holiday s? Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ? Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : C an I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : T hirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ? Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : T hat'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : T en yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left.It’s near here, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling:Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just alongXi Chang’an Jie, on the right, opposite the bank.创作编号:BG7531400019813488897SX创作者:别如克*Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to theOlympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there. Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most ofLondon on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born? Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province. Tony: What was the name of the village? Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher? Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quitedifficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy BettyKingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their oldfamily houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon sh e was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Thenshe noticed a little house, so she hurried towards it,and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, soshe knocked again, and again, Finally, she pushedthe door. It was open. There was nobody there. Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a tablethere were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and onewas very big. Goldilocks was very hungry. Shepicked up the very big bowl but she didn’t likeit—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the bigbowl, but she didn’t like it –it was cold. The littlebowl was just right. She finished all the food in it. Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bedwas very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She d idn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12. Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for myEnglish class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name wasSamuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 inMissouri. He left school and began work at theage of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities. Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s.He went to Europe as well. But he didn’t come toChina.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’sparents di dn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journey创作编号:BG7531400019813488897SX创作者:别如克*Unit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly? Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home. Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! Iwas so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At abo ut three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.L ove,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcomi ng the visitors.How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meetvisitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . Butwe never kiss. Only parents and children do that. Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do whenthey meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put theirhands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand dowhen they meet?Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby WangLinglingOur new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to pe ople in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In B ritain and the US, people usually look at each other when theytalk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Isthis by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria.What a beautiful city! This is called The BlueDanube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music,Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it?I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums. Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it! Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes.In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.创作编号:BG7531400019813488897SX创作者:别如克*。

完整外研版七年级下英语课文

完整外研版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It's mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They're mine.Ms Li: Here's a purple wallet!Tony: It's mine. Look! Here's my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You're welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too,Daming?Daming: No, it isn't. I think it's Betty's. Lingling: Yes, it's hers. Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they're mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they're travelling or when they're in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis.That's why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things.We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikesand a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, thereare three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don't know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They're here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board.join the Music Club because I can play theI'd like topiano. What about you, Betty?Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can't. Well, I can cook eggs, but that's all. What about Lingling? Which club can she join?Betty:I think she'd like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I'd like to join the Chinese Club. I can't speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don't worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That's my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It's the start of the new term and we're choosing our new monitors.I'd like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I'm kind and I'm always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promiseto help YOU!.I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I'm really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I'm really goodat football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor andyou can get the best score too!I'd like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I'm sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend? Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?On Saturday morning, I'm going to check my email Daming:and do my homework. Then I'm going to help withthe housework. What are you going to do, Betty?Betty: I'm going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Sure! Who else is going to be there? Daming:Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so afternoon,Sunday on but us, with come can't sheLingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join us?Daming: Yes, I'd love to. Are we going to meet here?No, we aren't. We are going to meet in the park at Betty:one o'clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend? Betty:Nothing. I'm going to stay at home alone. Tony:Betty: Don't be silly! You're going to come with us. It's going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI'm looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We're going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We're all going to wear the team shirt, and we're going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI'm going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I'm going to get up late and then read a book.In the afternoon I'm going out with my family and friends. We're going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we're going to collect litter in the park near my friend's house. It's going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I'm going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I'm going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We're also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there Daming:won't be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?usewill Students home. at study will Everyone Daming: computers and get information on the Internet. Theycan ask their teachers by Internet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I'm not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. Andteachers can check the students' level and will helpthem. Computers won't do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won't use on a blackboard and students won't use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do? Tony: No, they won't. They'll have a lot of free time!That'll be great! Daming:Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane. What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won't mean a change of clothes. We'll wear a new kind of clothes. They'll be warm when we're cold, and cool when we're hot.B There'll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won't travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will- it'll be cheap tohave a small plane. No more expensive carstravel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there'll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you're going to like thefuturebecausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we'll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short sopeople will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much. onsale a !There's minute a wait But Shop worker:today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ? Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ? Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shoppingis one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .andit's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, amobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shopat any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usuallytakes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping withfriends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to WangfujingDajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang'an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It's near here, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I'd like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang'an Jie, onthe right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I'm not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You're welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you'll see an underground station. Take the Underground to theOlympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi. Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You're welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We're standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famoustostreet red the along walk we'll here, From paintings. Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, theLondon Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It's over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go pastthe station and walk along the street. Turn left into King's Street and go past a church. You're now back at the square. And this iswhere we'll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small village Tony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province. Tony: What was the name of the village?Xucun. Where were you born, Tony? Lingling:Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It's a small city in England. Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn't. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn't. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn't bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son Johnoldtheir visit can You Quincy. in born were Adams, Quincyfamily houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and threebedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were myfriends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I'll go back, and I'm looking forward toseeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone? Tony: No, she didn't. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so sheknocked again, and again, Finally, she pushed the door.It was open. There was nobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn't anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food in them. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big. Goldilockswas very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl butshe didn't like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked upthe big bowl, but she didn't like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished all the food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the house Goldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn't comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was veryheavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. Shedidn't like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,”There's nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!”He wasn't very happy!.Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn't notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in hisbed and shouted, “Look! There's the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the housewithout her basket. She didn't go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I'm writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a Tony:boat.. Did he stay in Missouri? Betty:No, he went to New York, and other cities. Tony:Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don't know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He wentto Europe as well. But he didn't come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Yes, it's good. Tony:Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeoand Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare's parents didn't learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He marriedin 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn't thesame building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich andsuccessful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He's famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Oh, really? You'll love it! I went there two years ago Betty:and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly? Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited! Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Betty:Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty? Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at theairport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has manyworld-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening wehad dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought apresent for you. I hope you'll like it!At about three o'clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so firstof all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful! Tomorrow we're going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I'll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We're going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I'm welcoming the visitors. Howdo I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn't know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That's because people do different things indifferent countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do your know what Maoripeople in New Zealand do when they meet?Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them. Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don't stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space. How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your armwhen they talk to you, so you can't move away! But in Britain many people don't like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn't polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn't polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US,peopleusually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That's easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it's not at all polite! In fact, it's very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It's so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn't it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It's so beautiful! Is this byStrauss or Mozart?Lingling: I'm not sure…Betty: It's by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. Whata beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty? Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music,Lingling ,don't you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very …different, isn't it? I'm a fan of rock music. Listen to this!.Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It's so noisy! And much too fast!You don't like rock music? I don't believe it! Tony:Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It's the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 whenhe was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研版七年级下英语课文(完整资料).doc

外研版七年级下英语课文(完整资料).doc

【最新整理,下载后即可编辑】外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it.Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Her e’s a purple wallet!Tony: I t’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you. Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming?Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers. Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on. Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they?Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York City Welcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano.What about you, Betty?Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling? Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese!So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast.I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming? Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to ch eck my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with thehousework. What are you going to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Linglingand I are going to have a picnic. Would you like to join us? Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new frie nds. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. Inthe afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming? Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers andget information on the Internet. They can ask their teachersby Internet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. Andteachers can check the students’ level and will help them.Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more! Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do? Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time! Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a chan ge of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have asmall plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much. Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ? Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like? Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ? Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, evena new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie? Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s near here, soyou can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is a bigbookshop over there, just along X i Chang’an Jie, on theright, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there? Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre,or you can take a bus or a taxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. Fromhere, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Pala ce. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England. Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice.Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends?What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too? Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John QuincyAdams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone? Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed alittle house, so she hurried towards it, and knocked on thedoor., Nobody answered, so she knocked again, and again,Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There was nobodythere.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a table there were three bowlswith some nice food in them. One bowl was small, one wasbig and one was very big. Goldilocks was very hungry. Shepicked up the very big bowl but she didn’t like it—it wasvery hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but she didn’tlike it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finishedall the food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the b ig chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs.Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and m y chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain.I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school andbegan work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went toEurope as well. But he didn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the samebuilding. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his pl ays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you.I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. Wewaited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,Be rryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I dothat?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes wenod our heads . But we never kiss. Only parents and childrendo that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nodtheir heads. And do your know what Maori people in NewZealand do when they meet?Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they t alk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at eachother when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss orMozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube. The Danubeis a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty? Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantasticvoice.Tony: Hmm, the sound i s very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but alsothe violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

(完整版)外研版英语七年级下册课文

(完整版)外研版英语七年级下册课文

Module and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is thisMs Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this Lingling: Oh sorry! It ' s mine. Are my crayonsthere too Ms Li: Are these crayonsyoursLingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these Daming: They ' re mine.Ms Li: Here' s a purple wallet!Tony: It ' s mine. Look! Here ' s my name —Tony II ! Thank you.Ms Li: You' re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming Damgi:n No, it isn ' t. I think it ' s Betty ' s. Lingling: Yes, it ' s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they Ms Li: Let me see...Oh, they ' re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yoursThe Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they ' re travelling or when they ' re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That ere'arse wlohsyt athnd found offices at airportsand stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost andFound Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they Arere they yours We don ' t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages They too!Module 2 What can you do Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I ' d like tj o in the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, BettyBetty:I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, DamingDaming:No, I can ' t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that ' s all. What about LinglingWhich club can she joinBetty:I think she ' d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about youTony: I 'd like to join the Chinese ClubI.can ' t speak Chinese very well.Daming:Don' t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese!So choose your favourite club.Tony:OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club. That ' s my favourite! Unit2 I can run really fast.It ' s the start of the new term and we ' re choosing our new monitors.I ' d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I 'm kind and I ' m always reahelp others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I ' m r and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I 'm really good at foaontbdaIllp, lay basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I ' d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and itdy house. I ' m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekendBetty: What are you going to do at the weekend, DamingDaming: On Saturday morning, I ' m going to check my email and do myhomework. Then I ' m going to help with the housework. What are you going to do, Betty Betty: I ' m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be thereBetty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can come ' t with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join usDaming: Yes, I ' d love to. Are we going to meet hereBetty: No, we aren ' t. We are going to meet in the park at one o ' clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekendTony: Nothing. I ' m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don't be silly! You 're going to come with us. It ' s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to doAI ' m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We ' re gmoeinegt otother fans, and make some newfriends. We ' re all going to wear the team shirt, and we ' re going to cheer the players hope they win the match!MartinI ' m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, Igoing to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I ' m going out with my family and friends. We ' re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on2st May we ' re going to collect lititnerthe park near my friend ' s house. It ' s going tobe a great holiday ----- b usy but good fun!----- Z hang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be verydifferent because I ' m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I ' m going to sta with an Australian family and speak English. We ' re also going sightseeing and goingto have a picnic on the beach.------- L ucyModule 4 Life in the future Unit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, DamingDaming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won ' t be any schools! Ms Li: How will students learn thenDaming:Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on theInternet. They can ask their teachers by Internet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I ' m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check the students ' level and will help them.Computers won ' t do that.Tony:Yes. Teachers won ' t use on a blackboard and students won ' t use pensand paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to doTony: No, they won ' t. They ' ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That ' ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future How will things change Here are some ideas.Which ones will come trueA In the future, a change of weather won ' t mean a change of clothes. We ' ll wearnew kind of clothes. They ' ll be warm when we ' re cold, and cool when we 're hot.B There ' ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won' t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars -it ' ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there ' ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays Well, you ' re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we ' ll only do ligh and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for youLingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she likeLingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she takeLingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this oneLingling: May I try it onShop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help youLingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are theyMarket worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you likeMarket worker: OK. What else would you likeLingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are theyMarket worker : Ten yuan a kilo.One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops anymore ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist:Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang' an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It ' s near here, so you can walk there.Lingling:Half a kilo.Betty: Betty:Tourist: Great. And I ' d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang' an Jie, on the right,opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get thereLingling: Sorry, I ' m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over thereTourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You' re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National StadiumPoliceman: Sure! Go along the street andyou' ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You' re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We ' re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famousmuseum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we ' ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along there now back at the street. Turn left into King ' s Street and go past a church. Yousquare. And this is where we ' ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you bornLingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the villageLingling: Xucun. Where were you born, TonyTony: I was born in Cambridge. It ' s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacherTony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who wasyour first teacherLingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends What were they likeTony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class butAdam wasn' t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like Were you difficult in class too Tony: No, I wasn ' t. I was very good! Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago.There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn ' t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy.You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big andcomfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I I ' m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time …Tony:All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming:Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone Tony: No, she didn 't. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.“Where am I she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, andknocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knocked again, and again, Finally, shepushed the door. It was open. There was nobody there.Daming:Oh! Didn 't anyone live in the house Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and lookinto a small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food in them. Onebowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but she didn 't like ititwas —very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but she didn ' t like itt was cold. Thelittle bowl was just right. She finished all the food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn ' t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she wasasleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bearll go back t like the middlecried, ” There ' s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces! ” He wasn ' t very h Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn ' t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “ Look! There ' bad girl! ”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn ' t go a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you readingTony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I ' m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on theInternet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he wasborn in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he doTony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in MissouriTony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his storiesTony: I don ' t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But he didn ' t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it ' s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare ' s parents didn ' t learn to read or write. At school heliked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London.You can visit the theatre today, but it isn ' t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays inEnglish and in many the languages. He ' s famous around theworld..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony Tony: To Los Angeles. Betty: Oh, really You ' ll love it! I went there two years ago aonydeednijt a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there Did you flyBetty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met usand drove us to their home. Lingling: Who was with you Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you doBetty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what I met Snow Whiteand Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay thereBetty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie startsBetty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, BettyBetty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of thecity yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. Ibought a present for you. I hope you ' ll like it!At about three o ' clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we're going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I ' ll write again.Love,Berry Module 11 Body language Unit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We' re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I welcoming the visitors. How do I do thatBetty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right,left.Lingling: What! No, I didn 't know that. We Chinese often shake handms ialend s when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Only parents and childrendo that.Betty: That ' s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. InIndia people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do your know what Maoripeople in New Zealand do when they meetLingling: No, What do they do Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang LinglingOur new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don ' t stand too close to North American! Give themmore personal space.How about touching people Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can't move away! But in Britain many people don ' t like other people to touch themat all.Do you look at people when you talk In some places, it isn ' t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countr ies it isn ' t polite to look somewhere else. InBritain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye That ' s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it ' s not at all polite! In fact, it ' s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It ' s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube) Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn ' t it Can you hear the violin and the piano It ' s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or MozartLingling: I ' m not sure …Betty: It ' s by Strauss. I loivsemhusic! Do you know anything about him, TonyTony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, BettyBetty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don ' t you Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isnI ' mf a'n to ift rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music Listen to those drums.Daming: It ' s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don ' t like rock music I don ' t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module1Lost and foundUnit1Whose bag is this?Ms Li:Welcome back t o school everyone!First of all,come and look in the lost and found box!There are a lot ofthings in it.Whose bag is this?Lingling:Oh sorry!It’s mine.Are my crayon s there too?Ms Li:Are these crayons yours?Lingling:Yes,they are and this eraser too.Thank you.Ms Li:Whose tapes are these?Daming:They’re mine.Ms Li:Here’s a purple wallet!T ony:It’s mine.Look!Here’s my name―Tony‖!Thank you. Ms Li:You’re welcome!Look at this nice watch.Is it yours too,Daming?Daming:No,it isn’t.I think it’s Betty’s.Lingling:Yes,it’s hers. Ms Li:Everyone,please be careful with your things from now on.Daming:Here are some nice gloves.Whose gloves are they?Ms Li:Let me see...Oh,they’re mine!Thank you!Unit2Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New Y ork City Welcome t o the New Y ork City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry.They leave things on planes,on trains,on buses and in taxis.That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundr eds of people come here every day.They are looking for their phones,cameras,watches,computers and many other things.W e usually have about two thousand mobile ph one s and one thousand cameras.At the moment,there are also some strange things at the New Y ork City Lost and Found Office.There are about a hundr ed bikes and a large boat.There are also a lot of animals.This week, there are three dogs,two ducks and a pig!Whose are they?Are they yours?We don’t know!Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages?They’re here too!Module2What can you do?Unit1I can play the piano.Daming:Look!The new clubs for this term are on the board.I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play thepiano.What about you,Betty?Betty:I like cooking,so I can join the Food and Drink Club.Can you cook,Daming?Daming:No,I can’t.Well,I can cook eggs,but that’s all.What about Lingling?Which club can she join? Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well.T ony,how about you?T ony:I’d like to join the Chinese Club.I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming:Don’t worry about Chinese.We can teach you Chinese!So choose your favourite club.T ony:OK then..I play table tennis,so I choose the T able T ennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor.I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers.I work very hard,and I do well at school.I’m kind and I’m always ready to help oth ers.I can even help teachers too.Choose me as your class monitor and Ipromise t o help YOU!I want t o be the PE monitor.I enjoy sport,and I can run really fast.I’m really fit and healthy.Just watch me in the playground betw een lessons!I play m o st ball games well.But I’m really good at football,and I play basketball in the school team.I usually get the best score in every match.Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor.I often help my mot h er do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house.I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom,just like home.Choose me and we can mak e our classroom beautiful.Module3Making plansUnit1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: Daming:Betty:What are you going t o do at the weekend,Daming?On Saturday morning,I’m going to check my email and do my homework.Then I’m going to help with the housework.What are you going t o do,Betty?I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon.Y ou cancome too.Daming:Sure!Who else is going t o be there?Betty:Nobody.Lingling is going t o have a piano lesson,soDaming: Betty:she can’t come with us,but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going t o have a picnic.Would you like t o join us?Yes,I’d love to.Are we going to meet here?No,we aren’t.We are going to meet in the park atone o’clock.T ony: Betty: T ony:Hi,everyone!Hi,T ony.What are your plans for the weekend? Nothing.I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty:Don’t be silly!You’re going to come with us.It’s going t o be a fantastic weekend!Unit2We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going t o do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow.My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team.We’re going to meet other fans,and make some new friends.We’re all going to wear the team shirt,and we’re going to cheer the players.I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday.On the morning of1st May,I’m going to get up late and then read a book.In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming.And on2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house.It’s going to be a great holiday------busy bu t good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home,bu t this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney,Australia.I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English.We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------LucyModule4Life in the futureUnit1Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Daming:Will schools be different in the future,Daming? Yes,ther e will!In twenty years time,maybe ther ewon’t be any school s!Ms Li: Daming:How will students learn then?Everyone will study at home.S tudents will use computers and get information on the Internet.They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty:Well,I’m not sure.Yes,students will use computers, bu t school is good fun,and you can mak e friends there.And teachers can check the students’level and willhelp puters won’t do that.T ony:Yes.Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper,or erasers an y more! Lingling:Great!Will students have a lot of homework t o do?T ony: Daming:No,they won’t.They’ll have a lot of free time! That’ll be great!Unit2Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future?How will things change? Here are some ideas.Which ones will come true?A In the future,a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes.We’ll wear a new kind of clothes.They’ll be warm when we’re cold,and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring.The weather will be quite warm or even ho t all year,with heavy rain and wind.The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more.Every family will have a small plane.No m or e expensive cars-it’ll be cheap t o travel everywhere by plane,n o t only over land,bu t also over the sea or even into space.Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays?Well,you’re going to like the future becausemachines and r obots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs,and we’ll only do light and easy work.Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module5ShoppingUNIT1What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker:What can I do for you?Lingling:I'd like t o buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker:What colour does she like?Lingling;Purple.Shop worker:All right.What size does she take? Lingling:Small.Shop worker:What about this one?Lingling:May I try it on?Shop worker:Certainly.Lingling:Look at the price.It's198yuan.That's too much. Shop worker:But wait a minute!There's a sale on today.Everything is half price.Lingling:OK!I'll take it.(In the market)Lingling:I've got some food t o buy too.Market worker:Can I help you?Lingling:Y es.I'd like some sausages.How much are they? Market worker:Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling:Half a kilo.Market worker:OK.What else would you like?Lingling:A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker:That'll be30yuan.Betty:Oh,the strawberries look fresh.How much are they?Market worker:T en yuan a kilo.Betty:One kilo please.Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit2Y ou can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping,and online shopping is one of them.Y ou can buy almost everything on theInternet.and it's very easy.First,you choose something-clothes, tickets,a mobile phone,even a new computer-an d pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post.Online shopping has several advantages.First,you can sh o p at any time.The shops are always open.Second,shopping usually takes a lot of time.But t o sh op on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse!Y ou can also comp ar e the prices of the same pr oduct and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going o u t and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the pr oduct or try the clothes on.Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life.One day no one will go t o the shops any mor e,because you'll be able t o buy anything on the Internet,and you will be able t o receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module6Around townUnit1Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) T ourist:Excuse me!Can you tell me the way t o W angfujing Dajie?Betty:Certainly.Go across Dong Chang’an Jie,go along the street and turn left at the third str eet on the left.It’snear here,so you can walk there.T ourist:Great.And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is ther e a bookshop near here?Lingling:Yes,there is abig bookshop over there,just along Xi Chang’an Jie,on the right,opposite the bank.T ourist:Right,OK!I also want t o visit the National Stadium.How can I get there?Lingling:Sorry,I’m not sure.Why not ask the policeman over there?T ourist:Thank you.Betty and Lingling:You’re welcome.T ourist:Could you tell me how t o get t o the National S tadium? Policeman:Sure!Go along the street and you’ll see an under gr ound station.T ake the Under gr ound t o theOlympic Sports Centre,or you can take a bus or a taxi. T ourist:Thanks a lot.Policeman:You’re welcome.Have a nice day!Unit2The London Eye is on your rightT our of LondonWelcome t o this short tour of London.This square isTrafalgar Square and it is the middle of London.We’re standing opposite the National Gallery,a famous museum with lots of famous paint i ngs.From here,we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace.The Queen lives there.T urn left and go t o the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye.It takes you135metr es above the River Thames.Y ou can see m o st of London on a clear day.When you are tired,the best way t o see London is by boat. Y ou can get the boat near Big Ben.As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at T ower Bridge.Next t o the bridge is the T ower of London.It’s over900years old.After visiting the T ower of London,take the boat back along the river t o the railway station.When you get off the boat,go past the station and walk along the street.Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church.You’re n ow back at the square.And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module7My past lifeUnit1I was born in a small villageT ony:Hey,Lingling.Where were you born?Lingling:I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.T ony:What was the name of the village?Lingling:Xucun.Where were you born,T ony?T ony:I was born in Cambridge.It’s a small city in England.Lingling:What was the name of your first school?T ony:It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling:Who was your first teacher?T ony:My first teacher was Mrs Lane.She was strict but very nice.Who was your first teacher?Lingling:Ms Y ao.She was very friendly.Who were your first friends?What were they like?T ony:Their n ame s were Becky and Adam.Becky was very good in cla ss but Adam wasn’t.He was quite difficult. Lingling:And what were you like?Were you difficult in class too?T ony:No,I wasn’t.I was very good!Unit2I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy,a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago.There were lots of things t o do in Quincy,withmany stores,two movie theaters,football clubs and basketball teams too.I wasn’t bored in Quincy.I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US,John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams,were born in Quincy.Y ou can visit their old family houses.Our house was big and comfortable.There was a big living room with a TV,a kitchen,a b ath r o om and thr ee bedr ooms.On my bedroom walls ther e were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house,ther e was a big gar den with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it.It was gr eat t o play there.There were lots of children in Quincy.Many of them were my friends.This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in2010.One day I’ll go back,and I’m looking forward t o seeing my friends againModule8Story timeUnit1Once upon a time…T ony:All alone in the dark dark forest,Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming:Oh,did she o ften go for a walk in the forest alone? T ony:No,she didn’t.And soon she was lost.Goldilockslooked around her.“Where am I?she asked.Then shenoticed a little house,so she hurried towards it,andknocked on the door.,Nobody answered,so sheknocked again,and again,Finally,she pushed the door.It was open.There was n o bo dy there.Daming:Oh!Didn’t anyone live in the house?T ony:Just wait a moment,Daming!Goldilocks enter ed the house and look into a small room.On a table ther ewere thr ee bowls with some nice food in them.Onebowl was small,one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry.She picked up the verybig bowl but she didn’t like it—it was very hot,.Thenshe picked up the big b owl,but she didn’t like it–itwas cold.The little bowl was just right.She finishedall the food in it.Unit2Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted t o sit down because she was tired.First she tried the big chair,but wasn’t comfortable.Then she tried the middle chair.It was n o t comfortable either.Finally,she tried the small chair.It was nice and comfortable,bu t Goldilocks was very heavy and so on the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedr oom.There were three beds.She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed.The small bed was very comfortable.Very so o n she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned.They looked at the bowls and the chairs.Baby Bear cried,”There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!”He wasn’t very happy!Next,the Bears looked in their bedroom.They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first.Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted,“Look!There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes.The Three Bears were all ar ound her,so Goldilocks jumped o ut of bed and hurried o u t of the house without her basket.She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module9Life historyUnit1He left school and began work at the age of12. Betty:What are you reading?T ony:T om Sawyer,by the famous American writer,Mark Twain.I’m writing about him for my English class. Betty:I r ead T om Sawyer.Very good!Hey,we can find o u t about him on the Internet.T ony:Yes!...OK.Look at this!His real name was SamuelBetty: T ony: boat.. Betty: T ony: Betty:Clemens and he was born in1835in Missouri.He left school and began work at the age of12.What did he do?He wrote for a newsp aper Later he got work on aDid he stay in Missouri?No,he went t o New York,and other cities.When did he begin his stories?T ony:I don’t know the exact date.But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the1860s.Hewent to Europe as well.But he didn’t come to China.Betty: T ony:Yes,I knew that.Enjoy the book. Yes,it’s good.Unit2He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems.He wrote38plays,154short poems and a few long poems in his life.Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and R omeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in1564in Stratford,England.Like many people four hundred years ago,Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write.At school he liked plays,so he decided t o be an actor when he finished school at14.Hemarried in1582and had thr ee children.Shakespeare went t o London and joined a theatre comp any in about1592.He became a successful actor and began t o write plays.Quee n Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In1599the comp any built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London.You can visit the theatre today,but it isn’t the same building.There was a fire in the old theatre.They built it again in1614and in the1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of52.He was rich and successful.Y ou can still see his plays in English and in many the languages.He’s famous around the world..Module10A holiday journeyUnit1what did you do?Lingling:Where are you going on holiday,T ony?T ony: Betty:T o Los Angeles.Oh,really?You’ll love it!I went there two yearsago and enjoyed it a lot.T ony:How long did it take t o get there?Did you fly? Betty:Yes,we did,and that took about nine hours.Then our friends met us and drove us t o their home. Lingling:Who was with you?Betty:My parents.Lingling:So what did you do?Betty:Well,first,we went t o Disneyland,and guess what?I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse!I was so excited!T ony: Betty:Wow!How long did you stay there?W e stayed ther e for two days.And th en we went t oHollywood.Lingling:Did you see any movie starts?Betty:No,bu t we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica.It wasgreat!Lingling:Where are you going on holiday this year,Betty? Betty:Paris.Unit2This morning we took a walk.Hi,Grandma!Here I m in Paris.Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday.Aunt Joan and Uncle P eter met us at the airport.W e were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Y esterday we went t o the Louvre Museum.It has many world-famous works of art,such as the Mona Lisa.In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant.The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk.There are shops,andrestaurants everywhere,and I love the street and markets.They sell such good fruit and vegetables.W e also did some shopping.I bought a present for you.I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock,we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel T ower.It is really high.There were lots of tourists,so firstof all,we had t o wait in line for an hour,and then we went t o the top.W e waited till all the lights were on.It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine.I’ll write again.Love,B erryModule11Body languageUnit1They touch noses!Lingling:We’re goi ng t o have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow,and I’m welcoming the visitors.How do I do that?Betty:Lingling,you know,in Russia,people usually kiss thr ee times,left,right,left.Lingling:What!No,I didn’t know that.We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors,andsometimes we nod our heads.But we never kiss.Onlyparents and children do that.Betty:That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling:So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty:In the US some people shake hands,and some kiss or hug each other.In India people pu t their handst ogether and nod their heads.And do your know whatMaori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling:No,What do they do?Betty:They touch noses!Unit2Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language ar ound the worldby W ang Lingling Our new foreign students are going t o arrive very soon,and her e are some ways t o welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk t o a friend?Y ou can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close t o North American!Give them m or e personal space.How about touching people?Chinese girls o ften walk arm in arm with their friends.South American sometimes hold yourarm when they talk to you,so you can’t move away!But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk?In some places,it isn’t polite t o look at people when they talk,bu t in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else.In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye?That’s easy,wave to say goodbye.But be careful!In Greece,it’s not at all polite!In fac t, it’s very rude!Module12Western musicUnit1It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming:Hmm,this is Western music,isn’t it?Can you hear the violin and the piano?It’s so beautiful!Is this byStrauss or Mozart?Lingling:I’m not sure…Betty:It’s by Strauss.I love his music!Do you know anything about him,T ony?T ony:W as he GermanBetty:No,he was born in Vienna,the capital of Austria.What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube.The Danube is a river in Europe.It goes thr oughVienna.Lingling:Do you like both.Y ou listen t o pop music,Betty? Betty:Well,I like both.Y ou listen t o pop music, Lingling,don’t you?Lingling:Yes,I do.I also like Beijing opera.Listen t o this fantastic voice.T ony:Hmm,the sou n d is very…different,isn’t it?I’m a fan of rock music.Listen t o this!Daming:Hey!Give us a break!Lingling:Rock music?Listen t o those drums.Daming: T ony:It’s so noisy!And much too fast!You don’t like rock music?I don’t believe it!Unit2Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe.It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music.In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came t o study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family,there were two composers called Johann Strauss:the father and the son.The father,Johann Strauss the elder,wrote and played music for traditional dances,called the waltz.His dance music made him famous all over Europe.The son,Johann Strauss the younger,was also very successful and popular.He wrote over150waltzes.In1867he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer.He was born in Austria in1756.Before he was six,he played n o t only the piano bu t also the violin.His family took him ar ound Europe and he gave concerts in many cities.He wrote hundr eds of wonderful pieces of music.But he became very poor and died in 1791when he was only35.Like Johann Strauss,father and son, he was a gr eat European musician,and many people still think his music is perfect.。

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, comeand look in the lost and found box! There are a lot ofthings in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It ' s mine. Are mys dnoyertoo?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They ' re mine.Ms Li: Here ' s a purple wallet!Tony: It ' s mine. Look! Here ' s my name —Tony II ! Thank you. Ms Li: You' re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yourstoo, Daming?Daming: No, it isn ' t. I think it ' s Betty ' s. Lingling: Yes, it Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things fromnow on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they?Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they ' re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office.People often lose things when they ' re travelling or when theyin a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That ' s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big.Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the NewYork City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don ' t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They ' re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board.I ' d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. Whatabout you, Betty?Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club.Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can' tWell, I can cook eggs, but that 'aS.What about Lingling? Which club can she join?Betty : I think she ' d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I ' tike to join the Chinese Club. I can ' s peakChinese very well.Daming: Don' tworry about Chinese. We can teach youChinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then.」play table tennis, so I choose the TableTennis Club.That ' s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It ' the start of the new term and we' rechoosing our new monitors.I ' d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school」 ' m kind and I ' m always ready terheIpcatheven help teachers too. Choose me as your classmonitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor」enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I ' nreally fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I playmost ball games well. But I ' m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I ' d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my motier do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I ' naure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit IWhat are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I ' mgoing to check myemail and do my homework. Then I ' m going to help with thehousework. What are you going to do, Betty?Betty: I ' m going to see a movie in the afternoon.You cancome too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, soshe can ' t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon,Lingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join us?Daming: Yes, I ' d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren ' t. We are going to meet in the park atone o ' clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I ' m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don' tbe silly! You' regoing to come with us. It ' sgoing to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI ' m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We regoing to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We ' re all going to wear the team shirt, and we ' re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!MartinI ' m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I ' ngoing to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I 'm going out with my family and friends.We re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we' regoing to collect litter in the park near my friend 'house. It ' going to be a great holiday --------------------------------------------------------------- busy butgood fun!------ Z ha ng SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year isgoing to be very different because I ' m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I ' m going to stay with an Australian familyand speak English. We realso going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.------ L ucyModule 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe therewon' t be any schoolMs Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will usecomputers and get information on the Internet. They can asktheir teachers by Internet, telephone or email.Betty: Well, I ' m not sure. Yes, studentswill use computers, butschool is good fun, and you can make friends there. Andteachers can check the students level and will help them.Computers won ' t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won ' t use on a blackboard and studentswon' t use pens and paper, or erasers yimore!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won ' t. They ' ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That ' ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change?Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won ' t mean a change of clothes. We ll wear a new kind of clothes. They' lbe warm when we ' re cold, and cool when we ' re hot.B There ' ll be no more light rain andcold wind in spring. Theweather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won' t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it ' ll be cheapo travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there ' ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you ' rgoing to like thefuture becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we' ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: rd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price」t's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price.Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: r ve got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes」'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like? Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much arethey ?Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one ofthem .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's veryeasy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang ' an Jie, go along thestreet and turn left at the third street on the left. It ' snear here, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I ' d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshopover there, just along Xi Chang ' an Jie,on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium.How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I ' mnot sure. Why not ask the policemanover there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You' re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you' ll see an underground station.Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can takea bus or a taxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You' re welcome. Have anice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square isTrafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We opposite there stand National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paint ings. From here,we ' II walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there. Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London . It ' s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King Street and go past a church. You ow back at the square. And this is where we ' ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnitl I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It ' a small city inEngland.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: Itwas Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but verynice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were yourfirst friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was verygood in cla ss but Adam wasn ' t. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult inclass too?Tony: No, I wasn ' t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn ' t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son JohnQuincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Ourhouse was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of treesand there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them weremy friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for thelast time in 2010. One day I ' ll go back, and I ' m looking for to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time …Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks pickedsome flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn ' A nd soon she was lost. Goldilockslooked around her. “ Where am I? she asked. Then shenoticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, and knocked on thedoor., Nobody answered, so she knocked again, and again, Finally,she pushed the door. It was open. There was nobody there. Daming: Oh! Didn ' t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered thehouse and look into a small room. On a table there were three bowlswith some nice food in them. One bowl was small, one was big andone was very big. Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the verybig bowl but she didn ' t l i kwiis very-hot,. Thenshe picked up the big bowl, but she didn ' like it -it was cold. The littlebowl was just right. She finished all the food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn' comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn 'ike themiddle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried, There ' nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces! ” He wasn' t very happy!t notic Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn Goldilocks at first.Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “ Look! There ' s the bad girl!Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, soGoldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn ' gb for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnitl He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, MarkTwain. I ' m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find outabout him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was SamuelClemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He leftschool and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on aboat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don' k now the exact date. But he took the nameMark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. Hewent to Europe as well. But he didn ' t come to China. Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it ' s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of playsand poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few longpoems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare p arents didn 'learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He ' s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You' lllove it! I went there two yearsago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then ourfriends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? Imet Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went toHollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at SantaMonica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping.I bought a present for you. I hope you ' ll like it!At about three o ' clock, we took the Paris Underground to theEiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we' regoing to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on theRiver Seine. I ' ll write again.Love,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We re going to have some Russian teachers atschool tomorrow, and I ' mwelcoming the visitors. Howdo I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn ' know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, andsometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Only parents andchildren do that.Betty: That ' s)ecause people do different things indifferent countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when theymeet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss orhug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod theirheads. And do your know what Maori people in New Zealand dowhen they meet?Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang LinglingOur new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too closet stand to people in the Middle East but don close to North American! Give themmore personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so youcan ' move away! But in Britain many people don ' t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn ' plolite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That ' easy, wave to say goodbye.But be careful! In Greece, it ' s not atalt,polite! In facit ' s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It ' s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn ' t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It ' so beautiful! Is this by Strauss orMozart?Lingling: I ' m not sure …Betty: It ' by Strauss. I love his music! Do you knowanything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria.What a beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube.The Danube is a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music,Lingling ,don ' t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to thisfantastic voice.'lt'it?m aTony:Hmm, the sound is very …different, isn fanof rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It ' s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don ' t like rock music? I don 't believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It' s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers calledJohann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

(完整版)外研新版七年级下英语课文

(完整版)外研新版七年级下英语课文

外研版七年级下英语课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot ofthings in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too?Ms Li: Are these crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these?Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming?Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers. Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they?Ms Li: Let me see... Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York City Welcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play thepiano. What about you, Betty?Betty:I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club.Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling? Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you? Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well.Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese!So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even helpteachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming? Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with thehousework. What are you going to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too.Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, soshe can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon,Lingling and I are going to have a picnic. Would youlike to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park atone o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s goingto be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friendsand I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meetother fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wearthe team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope theywin the match!-------Mart BI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On themorning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book.In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’regoing to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2stMay we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’shouse. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year isgoing to be very different because I’m going on a summer campin Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian familyand speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going tohave a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’tbe any schools!Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will usecomputers and get information on the Internet. Theycan ask their teachers by Internet, telephone or email. Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there.And teachers can check the students’ level and will helpthem. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more! Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do? Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time! Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap totravel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future becausemachines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker:What can I do for you?Lingling:I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker:What colour does she like?Lingling;Purple.Shop worker:All right .What size does she take ?Lingling:Small.Shop worker:What about this one ?Lingling:May I try it on?Shop worker:Certainly.Lingling:Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much. Shop worker:But wait a minute !There's a sale on today.Everything is half price.Lingling:OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling:I've got some food to buy too.Market worker :Can I help you ?Lingling:Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ? Market worker :Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling:Half a kilo.Market worker:OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker :That'll be 30 yuan.Betty:Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are theyMarket worker :Ten yuan a kilo.Betty:One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then youreceive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? (Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.) Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s nearhere, so you can walk there.Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing.Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is abig bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie, onthe right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium.How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium? Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to theOlympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi. Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famouspaintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling:I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province. Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult. Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers.Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone? Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her. “Where am I? she asked. Then shenoticed a little house, so she hurried towards it, andknocked on the door., Nobody answered, so sheknocked again, and again, Finally, she pushed the door.It was open. There was nobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look into a small room. On a table there werethree bowls with some nice food in them. One bowl wassmall, one was big and one was very big. Goldilockswas very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl butshe didn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked upthe big bowl, but she didn’t like it –it was cold. Thelittle bowl was just right. She finished all the food in it. Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12. Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class. Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He leftschool and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on aboat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities. Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He wentto Europe as well. But he didn’t come to China. Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling:Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot.Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly? Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home. Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat!Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty? Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so firstof all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,B erryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. Howdo I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, andsometimes we nod our heads . But we never kiss. Onlyparents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries.Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when theymeet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands togetherand nod their heads. And do your know what Maoripeople in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all.Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, peopleusually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Straussor Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty:It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. Whata beautiful city! This is called The Blue Danube. TheDanube is a river in Europe. It goes through Vienna. Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty? Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you?Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to thisfantastic voice.Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music. Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the pianobut also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

新外研版七年级下英语([全册])课文电子版.pdf

新外研版七年级下英语([全册])课文电子版.pdf

XXXX新外研版七年级下英语全册课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too? Ms Li: Arethese crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these? Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming? Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see...Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot ofanimals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Are they yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling?Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well. Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often he lp my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with the housework. What are yougoing to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the af ternoon. You can come too. Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My fr iends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hopethey win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the cou ntry or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang Sijia CUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools! Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, studen ts will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more lig ht rain and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’l l be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future because machines and robots will do all t he heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price. Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at th e third street on the left. It’s near here, so you can walk there. Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here?Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie, on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re wel come. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boatnear Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tow er of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago.There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in XXXX. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.“Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurriedtowards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There wasnobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look intoa small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but shedidn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished allthe food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the ageof 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But hedidn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still se e his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there tw o years ago and enjoyed it a lot. Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood. Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat! Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the RiverSeine. I’ll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chine se often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we neverkiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries. Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their fr iends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’tmove away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people whe n they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you? Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice. Tony: Hmm, the so und is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

2016新外研版七年级下英语(全册)课文电子版

2016新外研版七年级下英语(全册)课文电子版

2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文Module1LostandfoundUnit1Whosebagisthis?MsLi:Welcomebacktoschooleveryone!Firstofall,comeandlookinthelostandfoundbox!Therearealotofthingsinit.Whosebagisthis?Lingling:Ohsorry!It’smine.Aremycrayonstheretoo?MsLi:Arethesecrayonsyours?twothousandmobilephonesandonethousandcameras.Atthemoment,therearealsosomestrangethingsattheNewYorkCityLostandFoundOffice.There areaboutahundredbikesandalargeboat.Therearealsoalotofanimals.Thisweek,therearethreedo gs,twoducksandapig!Whosearethey?Aretheyyours?Wedon’tknow!Areyoulookingforfifteenkilosofsausages?They’reheretoo!Module2Whatcanyoudo?Unit1Icanplaythepiano.Daming:Look!Thenewclubsforthistermareonth eboard.I’dliketojointheMusicClubbecauseIcanplaythepiano.Whataboutyou,Betty?Betty: Ilikecooking,soIcanjointheFoodandDrinkClub.Canyoucook,Daming?Daming:No,Ican’t.Well,Icancookeggs,butthat’sall.WhataboutLingling?Whichclubcanshejoin?dtidyhouse.I’msureeverybodywouldlikeacleanclassroom,justlikehome.Choose meandwecanmakeourclassroombeautiful.Module3MakingplansUnit1Whatareyougoingtodoattheweekend?Betty: Whatareyougoingtodoattheweekend,Daming?Daming:OnSaturdaymorning,I’mgoingtocheckmyemailanddomyhomework.ThenI’mgoingtohelpwiththehousework.Whatareyougoingtodo,Betty?Betty: I’mgoingtoseeamovieintheafternoon.Youcancometoo.Daming: Sure!Whoelseisgoingtobethere?Betty:Nobody.Linglingisgoingtohaveapianolesson,soshecan’tcomewithus,butonSundayafternoon,LinglingandIaregoingtohaveapicnic.Wouldyouliketojoinus?Daming: Yes,I’dloveto.Arewegoingtomeethere?------ZhangSijiaC UsuallyIspendtheSummerholidayathome,butthisyearisgoingtobeverydifferentbecauseI’mgoi ngonasummercampinSydney,Australia.I’mgoingtostaywithanAustralianfamilyandspeakEnglish.We’realsogoingsightseeingandgoingtohaveapicniconthebeach.-------LucyModule4LifeinthefutureUnit1Everyonewillstudyathome.MsLi: Willschoolsbedifferentinthefuture,Daming?Daming: Yes,therewill!Intwentyye arstime,maybetherewon’tbeanyschools!MsLi: Howwillstudentslearnthen?Daming:Everyonewillstudyathome.StudentswillusecomputersandgetinformationontheI nternet.TheycanasktheirteachersbyInternet,telephoneoremail.CWewon’ttravelbybusorbikeanymore.Everyf amilywillhaveasmallplane.Nomoreexpensivecars-it’llbecheaptotraveleverywherebyplane,notonlyoverland,butalsoovertheseaorevenintospace.Maybethere’llbetrafficjamsintheair.DDoyoulikelongholidays?Well,you’regoingtolikethefuturebecause machinesandrobotswilldoall theheavyanddifficultjobs,andwe’llonlydolightandeasywork.Wo rkinghourswillbeshortsopeoplewillhavelongholidays.Module5ShoppingUNIT1WhatcanIdoforyou?(Intheshop)ShopWorker: WhatcanIdoforyou?Lingling: I'dliketobuyaT-shirtformymum.Shopworker: Whatcolourdoesshelike?Lingling; Purple.Shopworker: Allright.Whatsizedoesshetake?Marketworker: Tenyuanakilo.Betty: Onekiloplease.Here'sfifty-nineyuan.Unit2YoucanbuyeverythingontheInternet.OnlineshoppingTherearemanynewwaysofshopping,andonlineshoppingisoneofthem.Youcanbuyalmosteveryth ingontheInternet.andit'sveryeasy.First,youchoosesomething-clothes,tickets,amobilephon e,evenanewcomputer-andpayforit.Thenyoureceiveitafewdayslaterbypost.Onlineshoppinghasseveraladvantages.First,youcanshopatanytime.Theshopsarealwaysope n.Second,shoppingusuallytakesalotoftime.ButtoshopontheInternetyouonlyneedacomputerand amouse!Youcanalsocomparethepricesofthesameproductandspendalot...orsavemoney.Butmanypeoplelikegoingoutandshoppingwithfriends.Theydon'tlikeshoppingontheInterne tbecausetheycan'tseetheproductortrytheclotheson.AlsopayingovertheInternetisn'talwayssafe.Onlineshoppingischangingourwayoflife.Onedaynoonewillgototheshopsanymore,becauseyoPoliceman:Sure!Goalongthestreetandyou’llseeanundergroundstation.TaketheUndergroundtotheOlympicSportsCentre,oryoucantakeabusorataxi.Tourist: Thanksalot.Policeman: You’rewelcome.Haveaniceday!Unit2TheLondonEyeisonyourrightTourofLondonWelcometothisshorttourofLondon.ThissquareisTrafalgarSquareanditisthemiddleofLondo n.We’restandingoppositetheNationalGallery,afamousmuseumwithlotsoffamouspaintings.Fro mhere,we’llwalkalongtheredstreettoBuckinghamPalace.TheQueenlivesthere. TurnleftandgototheHousesofParliamentandBigBen.OppositeyoucanseetheLondonEye.Ittakesyo u135metresabovetheRiverThames.YoucanseemostofLondononaclearday.Whenyouaretired,thebestwaytoseeLondonisbyboat.YoucangettheboatnearBigBen.Asyougoalongtheriver,theLondonEyeisonyourright.andgTheirnameswereBeckyandAdam.BeckywasverygoodinclassbutAdamwasn’t.Hewasquitedifficult.Lingling: Andwhatwereyoulike?Wereyoudifficultinclasstoo?Tony: No,Iwasn’t.I wasverygood!Unit2IwasborninQuincyMylifeinQuincyByBettyKingIwasborninQuincy,atownontheeastcoastofAmerica,twelveyearsago.Therewerelotsofthing stodoinQuincy,withmanystores,twomovietheaters,footballclubsandbasketballteamstoo.Iwasn’tboredinQuincy.Iwasveryhap pythere. TwopresidentsoftheUS,JohnAdamsandhissonJohnQuincyAdams,wereborninQuincy.Youcanvisitth eiroldfamilyhouses.Ourhousewasbigandcomfortable.TherewasabiglivingroomwithaTV,akitche n,abathroomandthreebedrooms.Onmybedroomwallstherewerepicturesofmyfavouritemoviestars. Behindthehouse,therewasabiggardenwithlotsoftreesandtherewasasmalllakewithfishinit.Itwandonewasverybig.Goldilockswasveryhungry.Shepickeduptheverybigbowlbutshedidn’tlikeit—itwasveryhot,.Thenshepickedupthebigbowl,butshedidn’tlikeit–itwascold.Thelittlebowlwasjustright.Shefinishedallthefoodinit.Unit2GoldilockshurriedoutofthehouseGoldilocksandtheThreeBearsGoldilockswantedtositdownbecauseshewastired.Firstshetriedthebigchair,butwasn’tco mfortable.Thenshetriedthemiddlechair.Itwasnotcomfortableeither.Finally,shetriedthesmallchair.Itwasniceandcomfortable,butGoldilockswasveryheavyandsoonthechairwasinpieces.Shewalkedintothebedroom.Therewerethreebeds.Shedidn’tlikethemiddlebedorthebigbed.Thesmallbedwasverycomfortable.Verysoonshewasasleepinit.TheTh reeBearsreturned.Theylookedatthebowlsandthechairs.BabyBearcried,”There’sno thinginmybowlandmychairisinpieces!”Hewasn’tveryhappy!Next,theBearslookedintheirbedroom.Theydidn’tnoticeGoldilocksatfirst.ThenBabyBear pointedatthelittlegirlinhisbedandshouted,“Look!There’sthebadgirl!”Tony:Idon’tknowtheexactdate.Buthetookthename MarkTwainandbecameveryfamousinthe1860s.HewenttoEuropeaswell.Buthedidn’tcometoChina.Betty: Yes,Iknewthat.Enjoythebook.Tony: Yes,it’sgood.Unit2HedecidedtobeanactorWilliamShakespearewasafamousEnglishwriterofplaysandpoems.Hewrote38plays,154shortpoemsandafewlongpoemsinhislife.TwoofhisfamousplaysareHamletandRomeoandJuliet.Shakespearewasbornin1564inStratford,England.Likemanypeoplefourhundredyearsago,Sha kespeare’sparentsdidn’tlearntoreadorwrite.Atschoolhelikedplays,sohedecidedtobeanact orwhenhefinishedschoolat14.Hemarriedin1582andhadthreechildren.ShakespearewenttoLondonandjoinedatheatrecompanyinabout1592.Hebecameasuccessfulact orandbegantowriteplays.QueenElizabethIenjoyedhisworksverymuch.In1599thecompanybuilttheGlobeTheatreontheRiverThamesinLondon.YoucanvisitthetheatrWell,first,wewenttoDisneyland,andguesswhat?ImetSnowWhiteandMickeyMouse!Iwassoexcited!Tony: Wow!Howlongdidyoustaythere?Betty: Westayedtherefortwodays.AndthenwewenttoHollywood.Lingling: Didyouseeanymoviestarts?Betty: No,butweswaminthePacificOceanatSantaMonica.Itwasgreat!Lingling: Whereareyougoingonholidaythisyear,Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2Thismorningwetookawalk.Hi,Grandma!HereIminParis.JennyandIarrivedbyplanethedaybeforeyesterday.AuntJoanand UnclePetermetusattheairport.Weweretiredsowerelaxedathomeandbeganourtourofthecityyesterday.YesterdaywewenttotheLouvreMuseum.Ithasmanyworld-famousworksofart,suchastheMonaLisa.IntheeveningwehaddinnerinaFrenchrestaurant.Thefoodwasdelicious!writeWhat!No,Ididn’tknowthat.WeChineseoftenshakehandsandsmilewhenwemeetvisi tors,andsometimeswenodourheads.Butweneverkiss.Onlyparentsandchildrendothat.Betty: That’sbecausepeopledodifferentthingsindifferentcountries.Lingling: SowhatdopeopleintheUSusuallydowhentheymeet?Betty:IntheUSsomepeopleshakehands,andsomekissorhugeachother.InIndiapeopleputtheirhandstogetherandnodtheirheads.AnddoyourknowwhatMaoripeopleinNewZealanddowhentheymeet?Lingling: No,Whatdotheydo?Betty: Theytouchnoses!Unit2Herearesomewaystowelcomethem.BodylanguagearoundtheworldbyWangLinglingLingling: I’mnotsure…Betty: It’sbyStrauss.Ilovehismusic!Doyouknowanything abouthim,Tony?Tony: WasheGermanBetty:No,hewasborninVienna,thecapitalofAustria.Whatabeautifulcity!Thisiscalle dTheBlueDanube.TheDanubeisariverinEurope.ItgoesthroughVienna.Lingling: Doyoulikeboth.Youlistentopopmusic,Betty?Betty: Well,Ilikeboth.Youliste ntopopmusic,Lingling,don’tyou?Lingling: Yes,Ido.IalsolikeBeijingopera.Listentothisfantasticvoice. Tony: Hmm,thesoundisvery…different,isn’tit?I’mafanofrockmusic.Listentothis!Daming: Hey!Giveusabreak!Lingling: Rockmusic?Listentothosedrums.Daming: It’sson oisy!Andmuchtoofast!Tony: Youdon’tlikerockmusic?Idon’tbelieveit!。

外研版英语七年级下册课文汇总电子稿

外研版英语七年级下册课文汇总电子稿

新外研版七年级下册课文电子稿(可编辑)Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my crayons there too? Ms Li: Arethese crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these? Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming? Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see...Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Arethey yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling?Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese ver y well. Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at homeand I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom, just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with the housework. What are yougoing to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the afternoon. You can come too. Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we goi ng to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alone.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favour ite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with my family and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country or go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any schools! Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students will use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check the students’level and will help them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas.Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear a new kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring. The wea ther will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future because machines and robots will do all the heavy and difficult jobs, and we’ll o nly do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price. Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s near here, so you can walk there. Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here? Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there,just along Xi Chang’an Jie, on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: Yo u’re welcome. Have a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous paintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of London. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to therailway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I was n’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, wereborn in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a small lake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.―Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurriedtowards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There wasnobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look intoa small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but shedidn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished allthe food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either.Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,‖ There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!‖ He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, ―Look! There’s the bad girl!‖Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the ageof 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain andbecame very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But hedidn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote 38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot. Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood. Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat! Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shake hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we neverkiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in dif ferent countries. Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you t alk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you? Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice. Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the fatherand the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, and many people still think his music is perfect.。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

2016新外研版七年级下英语全册课文Module 1 Lost and foundUnit 1 Whose bag is this?Ms Li: Welcome back to school everyone! First of all, come and look in the lost and found box! There are a lot of things in it. Whose bag is this?Lingling: Oh sorry! It’s mine. Are my c rayons there too? Ms Li: Arethese crayons yours?Lingling: Yes, they are and this eraser too. Thank you.Ms Li: Whose tapes are these? Daming: They’re mine.Ms Li: Here’s a purple wallet!Tony: It’s mine. Look! Here’s my name ―Tony‖! Thank you.Ms Li: You’re welcome! Look at this nice watch. Is it yours too, Daming? Daming: No, it isn’t. I think it’s Betty’s. Lingling: Yes, it’s hers.Ms Li: Everyone, please be careful with your things from now on.Daming: Here are some nice gloves. Whose gloves are they? Ms Li: Let me see...Oh, they’re mine! Thank you!Unit2 Are they yours?The Lost and Found Office in New York CityWelcome to the New York City Lost and Found Office. People often lose things when they’re travelling or when they’re in a hurry. They leave things on planes, on trains, on buses and in taxis. That’s why there are lost and found offices at airports and stations.The New York City Lost and Found Office is very big. Hundreds of people come here every day. They are looking for their phones, cameras, watches, computers and many other things. We usually have about two thousand mobile phones and one thousand cameras.At the moment, there are also some strange things at the New York City Lost and Found Office. There are about a hundred bikes and a large boat. There are also a lot of animals. This week, there are three dogs, two ducks and a pig! Whose are they? Arethey yours? We don’t know! Are you looking for fifteen kilos of sausages? They’re here too!Module 2 What can you do?Unit 1 I can play the piano.Daming: Look ! The new clubs for this term are on the board. I’d like to join the Music Club because I can play the piano. What about you, Betty? Betty: I like cooking, so I can join the Food and Drink Club. Can you cook, Daming ?Daming: No, I can’t. Well, I can cook eggs, but that’s all. What about Lingling?Which club can she join?Betty:I think she’d like to join the Dancing Club because she can dance really well .Tony , how about you?Tony: I’d like to join the Chinese Club. I can’t speak Chinese very well. Daming: Don’t worry about Chinese. We can teach you Chinese! So choose your favourite club.Tony: OK then. .I play table tennis, so I choose the Table Tennis Club.That’s my favourite!Unit2 I can run really fast.It’s the start of the new term and we’re choosing our new monitors.I’d like to be the class monitor. I get on well with everyone, classmates and teachers. I work very hard, and I do well at school .I’m kind and I’m always ready to help others. I can even help teachers too. Choose me as your class monitor and I promise to help YOU!I want to be the PE monitor .I enjoy sport, and I can run really fast. I’m really fit and healthy. Just watch me in the playground between lessons! I play most ball games well. But I’m really good at football, and I play basketball in the school team. I usually get the best score in every match. Choose me for the PE monitor and you can get the best score too!I’d like to be the cleaning monitor. I often help my mother do cleaning at home and I like a clean and tidy house. I’m sure everybody would like a clean classroom,just like home. Choose me and we can make our classroom beautiful.Module 3 Making plansUnit 1What are you going to do at the weekend?Betty: What are you going to do at the weekend, Daming?Daming: On Saturday morning, I’m going to check my email and do my homework. Then I’m going to help with the housework. What are yougoing to do, Betty?Betty: I’m going to see a movie in the after noon. You can come too. Daming: Sure! Who else is going to be there?Betty: Nobody. Lingling is going to have a piano lesson, so she can’t come with us, but on Sunday afternoon, Lingling and I are going to have apicnic. Would you like to join us?Daming: Yes, I’d love to. Are we going to meet here?Betty: No, we aren’t. We are going to meet in the park at one o’clock.Tony: Hi, everyone!Betty: Hi, Tony. What are your plans for the weekend?Tony: Nothing. I’m going to stay at home alo ne.Betty: Don’t be silly! You’re going to come with us. It’s going to be a fantastic weekend!Unit 2 We are going to cheer the playersWhat are you going to do?AI’m looking forward to the football match tomorrow. My friends and I are going to watch our favourite team. We’re going to meet other fans, and make some new friends. We’re all going to wear the team shirt, and we’re going to cheer the players. I hope they win the match!-------MartinBI’m going to enjoy myself during the May Day holiday. On the morning of 1st May, I’m going to get up late and then read a book. In the afternoon I’m going out with myfamily and friends. We’re going to take a walk in the country o r go swimming. And on 2st May we’re going to collect litter in the park near my friend’s house. It’s going to be a great holiday------busy but good fun!------Zhang SijiaCUsually I spend the Summer holiday at home, but this year is going to be very different because I’m going on a summer camp in Sydney, Australia. I’m going to stay with an Australian family and speak English. We’re also going sightseeing and going to have a picnic on the beach.-------Lucy Module 4 Life in the futureUnit 1 Everyone will study at home.Ms Li: Will schools be different in the future, Daming?Daming: Yes, there will! In twenty years time, maybe there won’t be any s chools! Ms Li: How will students learn then?Daming: Everyone will study at home. Students will use computers and get information on the Internet. They can ask their teachers by Internet,telephone or email.Betty: Well, I’m not sure. Yes, students wil l use computers, but school is good fun, and you can make friends there. And teachers can check thestudents’ level and will help them. Computers won’t do that.Tony: Yes. Teachers won’t use on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more!Lingling: Great! Will students have a lot of homework to do?Tony: No, they won’t. They’ll have a lot of free time!Daming: That’ll be great!Unit 2 Every family will have a small plane.What will life be like in the future? How will things change? Here are some ideas. Which ones will come true?A In the future, a change of weather won’t mean a change of clothes. We’ll wear anew kind of clothes. They’ll be warm when we’re cold, and cool when we’re hot.B There’ll be no more light rai n and cold wind in spring. The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year, with heavy rain and wind. The sea level will rise as well.C We won’t travel by bus or bike any more. Every family will have a small plane. No more expensive cars - it’ll be c heap to travel everywhere by plane, not only over land, but also over the sea or even into space. Maybe there’ll be traffic jams in the air.D Do you like long holidays? Well, you’re going to like the future because machines and robots will do all the hea vy and difficult jobs, and we’ll only do light and easy work. Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays. Module 5 ShoppingUNIT 1 What can I do for you?(In the shop)Shop Worker: What can I do for you?Lingling: I'd like to buy a T-shirt for my mum.Shop worker: What colour does she like?Lingling; Purple.Shop worker: All right .What size does she take ?Lingling: Small.Shop worker: What about this one ?Lingling: May I try it on?Shop worker: Certainly.Lingling: Look at the price .It's 198 yuan .That's too much.Shop worker: But wait a minute !There's a sale on today .Everything is half price. Lingling: OK! I'll take it .(In the market)Lingling: I've got some food to buy too.Market worker : Can I help you ?Lingling: Yes.I'd like some sausages.How much are they ?Market worker : Thirty-eight yuan a kilo.How much would you like?Lingling: Half a kilo.Market worker: OK. What else would you like ?Lingling: A kilo of beans and two lemons.Market worker : That'll be 30 yuan.Betty: Oh ,the strawberries look fresh .How much are they ?Market worker : Ten yuan a kilo.Betty: One kilo please .Here's fifty-nine yuan.Unit 2 You can buy everything on the Internet.Online shoppingThere are many new ways of shopping, and online shopping is one of them .You can buy almost everything on the Internet .and it's very easy .First ,you choose something-clothes, tickets, a mobile phone, even a new computer -and pay for it. Then you receive it a few days later by post .Online shopping has several advantages. First, you can shop at any time. The shops are always open. Second, shopping usually takes a lot of time. But to shop on the Internet you only need a computer and a mouse! You can also compare the prices of the same product and spend a lot...or save money.But many people like going out and shopping with friends.They don't like shopping on the Internet because they can't see the product or try the clothes on. Also paying over the Internet isn't always safe.Online shopping is changing our way of life .One day no one will go to the shops any more ,because you'll be able to buy anything on the Internet ,and you will be able to receive it anywhere in the world at any time!Module 6 Around townUnit 1 Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?(Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.)Tourist: Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie?Betty: Certainly. Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left. It’s near here, so you can walk there. Tourist: Great. And I’d like to buy a guidebook about Beijing. Is there a bookshop near here?Lingling: Yes, there is a big bookshop over there, just along Xi Chang’an Jie, on the right, opposite the bank.Tourist: Right, OK! I also want to visit the National Stadium. How can I get there?Lingling: Sorry, I’m not sure. Why not ask the policeman over there?Tourist: Thank you.Betty and Lingling: You’re welcome.Tourist: Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?Policeman: Sure! Go along the street and you’ll see an underground station. Take the Underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or ataxi.Tourist: Thanks a lot.Policeman: You’re welcome. Ha ve a nice day!Unit2 The London Eye is on your rightTour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. This square is Trafalgar Square and it is the middle of London. We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum with lots of famous p aintings. From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives there.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. Next to the bridge is the Tower of Lo ndon. It’s over 900 years old.After visiting the Tower of London, take the boat back along the river to the railway station. When you get off the boat, go past the station and walk along the street. Turn left into King’s Street and go past a church. You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.Module 7 My past lifeUnit1 I was born in a small villageTony: Hey, Lingling. Where were you born?Lingling: I was born in a small village in Shanxi Province.Tony: What was the name of the village?Lingling: Xucun. Where were you born, Tony?Tony: I was born in Cambridge. It’s a small city in England.Lingling: What was the name of your first school? Tony: It was Darwin Primary School.Lingling: Who was your first teacher?Tony: My first teacher was Mrs Lane. She was strict but very nice. Who was your first teacher?Lingling: Ms Yao. She was very friendly. Who were your first friends? What were they like?Tony: Their names were Becky and Adam. Becky was very good in class but Adam wasn’t. He was quite difficult.Lingling: And what were you like? Were you difficult in class too?Tony: No, I wasn’t. I was very good!Unit 2 I was born in QuincyMy life in QuincyBy Betty KingI was born in Quincy, a town on the east coast of America, twelve years ago. There were lots of things to do in Quincy, with many stores, two movie theaters, football clubs and basketball teams too. I wasn’t bored in Quincy. I was very happy there.Two presidents of the US, John Adams and his son John Quincy Adams, were born in Quincy. You can visit their old family houses. Our house was big and comfortable. There was a big living room with a TV, a kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. On my bedroom walls there were pictures of my favourite movie stars.Behind the house, there was a big garden with lots of trees and there was a smalllake with fish in it. It was great to play there.There were lots of children in Quincy. Many of them were my friends. This was our last in the US and I was there for the last time in 2010. One day I’ll go back, and I’m looking forward to seeing my friends againModule 8 Story timeUnit 1 Once upon a time…Tony: All alone in the dark dark forest, Goldilocks picked some flowers. Daming: Oh, did she often go for a walk in the forest alone?Tony: No, she didn’t. And soon she was lost. Goldilocks looked around her.“Where am I? she asked. Then she noticed a little house, so she hurriedtowards it, and knocked on the door., Nobody answered, so she knockedagain, and again, Finally, she pushed the door. It was open. There wasnobody there.Daming: Oh! Didn’t anyone live in the house?Tony: Just wait a moment, Daming! Goldilocks entered the house and look intoa small room. On a table there were three bowls with some nice food inthem. One bowl was small, one was big and one was very big.Goldilocks was very hungry. She picked up the very big bowl but shedidn’t like it—it was very hot,. Then she picked up the big bowl, but shedidn’t like it –it was cold. The little bowl was just right. She finished allthe food in it.Unit2 Goldilocks hurried out of the houseGoldilocks and the Three BearsGoldilocks wanted to sit down because she was tired. First she tried the big chair, but wasn’t comfortable. Then she tried the middle chair. It was not comfortable either. Finally, she tried the small chair. It was nice and comfortable, but Goldilocks was very heavy and soon the chair was in pieces.She walked into the bedroom. There were three beds. She didn’t like the middle bed or the big bed. The small bed was very comfortable. Very soon she was asleep in it.The Three Bears returned. They looked at the bowls and the chairs. Baby Bear cried,” There’s nothing in my bowl and my chair is in pieces!” He wasn’t very happy!Next, the Bears looked in their bedroom. They didn’t notice Goldilocks at first. Then Baby Bear pointed at the little girl in his bed and shouted, “Look! There’s the bad girl!”Goldilocks opened her eyes. The Three Bears were all around her, so Goldilocks jumped out of bed and hurried out of the house without her basket. She didn’t go for a walk in the forest again.Module 9 Life historyUnit1 He left school and began work at the age of 12.Betty: What are you reading?Tony: Tom Sawyer, by the famous American writer, Mark Twain. I’m writing about him for my English class.Betty: I read Tom Sawyer. Very good! Hey, we can find out about him on the Internet.Tony: Yes! ... OK. Look at this! His real name was Samuel Clemens and he was born in 1835 in Missouri. He left school and began work at the ageof 12.Betty: What did he do?Tony: He wrote for a newspaper Later he got work on a boat..Betty: Did he stay in Missouri?Tony: No, he went to New York, and other cities.Betty: When did he begin his stories?Tony: I don’t know the exact date. But he took the name Mark Twain and became very famous in the 1860s. He went to Europe as well. But hedidn’t come to China.Betty: Yes, I knew that. Enjoy the book.Tony: Yes, it’s good.Unit 2 He decided to be an actorWilliam Shakespeare was a famous English writer of plays and poems. He wrote38 plays, 154 short poems and a few long poems in his life. Two of his famous plays are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet.Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford, England. Like many people four hundred years ago, Shakespeare’s parents didn’t learn to read or write. At school he liked plays, so he decided to be an actor when he finished school at 14. He married in 1582 and had three children.Shakespeare went to London and joined a theatre company in about 1592. He became a successful actor and began to write plays. Queen Elizabeth I enjoyed his works very much.In 1599 the company built the Globe Theatre on the River Thames in London. You can visit the theatre today, but it isn’t the same building. There was a fire in the old theatre. They built it again in 1614 and in the 1990s.William Shakespeare died at the age of 52. He was rich and successful. You can still see his plays in English and in many the languages. He’s famous around the world..Module10 A holiday journeyUnit1 what did you do?Lingling: Where are you going on holiday, Tony?Tony: To Los Angeles.Betty: Oh, really? You’ll love it! I went there two years ago and enjoyed it a lot. Tony: How long did it take to get there? Did you fly?Betty: Yes, we did, and that took about nine hours. Then our friends met us and drove us to their home.Lingling: Who was with you?Betty: My parents.Lingling: So what did you do?Betty: Well, first, we went to Disneyland, and guess what? I met Snow White and Mickey Mouse! I was so excited!Tony: Wow! How long did you stay there?Betty: We stayed there for two days. And then we went to Hollywood.Lingling: Did you see any movie starts?Betty: No, but we swam in the Pacific Ocean at Santa Monica. It wasgreat! Lingling: Where are you going on holiday this year, Betty?Betty: Paris.Unit2 This morning we took a walk .Hi, Grandma! Here I m in Paris. Jenny and I arrived by plane the day before yesterday. Aunt Joan and Uncle Peter met us at the airport. We were tired so we relaxed at home and began our tour of the city yesterday.Yesterday we went to the Louvre Museum. It has many world-famous works of art, such as the Mona Lisa. In the evening we had dinner in a French restaurant. The food was delicious!This morning we took a walk. There are shops, and restaurants everywhere, and I love the street and markets. They sell such good fruit and vegetables. We also did some shopping. I bought a present for you. I hope you’ll like it!At about three o’clock, we took the Paris Underground to the Eiffel Tower. It is really high. There were lots of tourists, so first of all, we had to wait in line for an hour, and then we went to the top. We waited till all the lights were on. It was wonderful!Tomorrow we’re going to visit a famous palace and take a boat tour on the River Seine. I’ll write again.Love,BerryModule 11 Body languageUnit 1 They touch noses!Lingling: We’re going to have some Russian teachers at school tomorrow, and I’m welcoming the visitors. How do I do that?Betty: Lingling, you know, in Russia, people usually kiss three times, left, right, left.Lingling: What! No, I didn’t know that. We Chinese often shak e hands and smile when we meet visitors, and sometimes we nod our heads . But we neverkiss. Only parents and children do that.Betty: That’s because people do different things in different countries. Lingling: So what do people in the US usually do when they meet?Betty: In the US some people shake hands, and some kiss or hug each other. In India people put their hands together and nod their heads. And do yourknow what Maori people in New Zealand do when they meet? Lingling: No, What do they do?Betty: They touch noses!Unit2 Here are some ways to welcome them.Body language around the worldby Wang Lingling Our new foreign students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.How close do you stand when you talk to a friend? You can stand too close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North American! Give them more personal space.How about touching people? Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South American sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you, so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like other people to touch them at all. Do you look at people when you talk? In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when they talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere else. In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.And how do you say goodbye? That’s easy, wave to say goodbye. But be careful! In Greece, it’s not at all polite! In fact, it’s very rude!Module 12 Western musicUnit 1 It’s so beautiful!(The Blue Danube)Daming: Hmm, this is Western music, isn’t it? Can you hear the violin and the piano? It’s so beautiful! Is this by Strauss or Mozart?Lingling: I’m not sure…Betty: It’s by Strauss. I love his music! Do you know anything about him, Tony?Tony: Was he GermanBetty: No, he was born in Vienna, the capital of Austria. What a beautiful city!This is called The Blue Danube. The Danube is a river in Europe. It goesthrough Vienna.Lingling: Do you like both. You listen to pop music, Betty?Betty: Well, I like both. You listen to pop music, Lingling ,don’t you? Lingling: Yes, I do. I also like Beijing opera. Listen to this fantastic voice. Tony: Hmm, the sound is very … different, isn’t it? I’m a fan of rock music.Listen to this!Daming: Hey! Give us a break!Lingling: Rock music? Listen to those drums.Daming: It’s so noisy! And much too fast!Tony: You don’t like rock music? I don’t believe it!Unit 2 Vienna is the centre of European classical music.The city of musicVienna is a beautiful old city on the River Danube in the centre of Europe. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. In the eighteenth century a lot of musicians came to study and work in Vienna.In the Strauss family, there were two composers called Johann Strauss: the father and the son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for traditional dances, called the waltz. His dance music made him famous all over Europe. The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was also very successful and popular. He wrote over 150 waltzes. In 1867 he wrote The Blue Danube waltz.Mozart was another very important composer. He was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six, he played not only the piano but also the violin. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote hundreds of wonderful pieces of music. But he became very poor and died in 1791 when he was only 35. Like Johann Strauss, father and son, he was a great European musician, andmany people still think his music is perfect.。

相关文档
最新文档